1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 /* readline include files */
71 #include "readline/readline.h"
72 #include "readline/history.h"
74 /* readline defines this. */
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "python/python.h"
80 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
82 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void disable_command (char *, int);
88 static void enable_command (char *, int);
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
100 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
101 struct linespec_result *,
105 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
106 struct linespec_result *,
107 struct linespec_sals *,
109 enum bpdisp, int, int,
111 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
114 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
115 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
117 static void clear_command (char *, int);
119 static void catch_command (char *, int);
121 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
123 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
125 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
127 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
130 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
131 const struct symtab_and_line *);
133 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
135 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
136 struct symtab_and_line,
138 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
140 static struct breakpoint *
141 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
145 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
147 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
152 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
153 struct obj_section *, int);
155 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
157 struct address_space *aspace2,
160 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
161 struct bp_location *loc2);
163 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
164 struct address_space *aspace,
167 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
169 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
171 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
172 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
174 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
176 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
178 static void commands_command (char *, int);
180 static void condition_command (char *, int);
189 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
190 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
192 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
194 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
196 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
198 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
200 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
202 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
204 int *other_type_used);
206 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
208 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
210 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
212 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
214 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
216 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
218 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
220 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
221 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
223 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
227 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
230 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
232 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
234 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
236 static void update_global_location_list (int);
238 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
240 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
242 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
244 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
246 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
248 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
250 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
252 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
254 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
256 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
258 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
261 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
263 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
264 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
266 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
270 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
283 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
285 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
287 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
288 breakpoints share a single command list. */
289 struct counted_command_line
291 /* The reference count. */
294 /* The command list. */
295 struct command_line *commands;
298 struct command_line *
299 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
301 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
304 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
305 current breakpoint. */
307 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
310 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
312 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
313 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
315 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
317 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
320 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
321 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
322 if such is available. */
323 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
326 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
327 struct cmd_list_element *c,
330 fprintf_filtered (file,
331 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
332 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
336 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
337 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
338 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
339 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
340 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
342 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
343 struct cmd_list_element *c,
346 fprintf_filtered (file,
347 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
348 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
352 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
353 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
354 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
355 use hardware breakpoints. */
356 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
358 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
359 struct cmd_list_element *c,
362 fprintf_filtered (file,
363 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
367 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
368 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
369 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
370 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
371 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
373 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
374 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
375 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
376 static const char *const always_inserted_enums[] = {
377 always_inserted_auto,
382 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
384 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
387 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
390 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
392 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
394 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
399 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
401 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
402 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
406 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
408 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
409 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
411 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
412 static int overlay_events_enabled;
414 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
415 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
417 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
419 current breakpoint. */
421 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
423 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
424 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
425 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
428 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
429 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
430 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
432 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
433 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
434 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
437 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
439 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
440 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
441 if (is_tracepoint (B))
443 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
445 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
447 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
449 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
451 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
453 static unsigned bp_location_count;
455 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
456 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
457 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
458 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
459 an address you need to read. */
461 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
463 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
464 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
465 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
466 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
467 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
469 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
471 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
472 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
474 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
476 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
478 static int breakpoint_count;
480 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
481 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
482 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
483 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
484 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
486 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
488 static int tracepoint_count;
490 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
491 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
492 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
494 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
496 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
498 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
501 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
504 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
506 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
507 breakpoint_count = num;
508 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
511 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
512 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
513 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
515 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
519 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
521 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
524 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
528 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
530 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
533 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
536 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
538 struct breakpoint *b;
544 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
545 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
547 static struct counted_command_line *
548 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
550 struct counted_command_line *result
551 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
554 result->commands = commands;
558 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
561 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
567 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
568 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
569 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
572 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
576 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
578 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
585 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
588 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
590 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
593 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
596 static struct cleanup *
597 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
599 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
603 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
604 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
607 get_breakpoint (int num)
609 struct breakpoint *b;
612 if (b->number == num)
621 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
624 xfree (b->cond_string);
625 b->cond_string = NULL;
627 if (is_watchpoint (b))
629 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
636 struct bp_location *loc;
638 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
648 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
654 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
655 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
656 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
657 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
659 if (is_watchpoint (b))
661 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
663 innermost_block = NULL;
665 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
667 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
668 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
672 struct bp_location *loc;
674 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
678 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
680 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
684 breakpoints_changed ();
685 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
688 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
691 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
693 struct breakpoint *b;
698 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
701 bnum = get_number (&p);
703 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
706 if (b->number == bnum)
708 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
709 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
710 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
711 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
713 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
714 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
715 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
716 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
720 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
723 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
724 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
725 Throw if any such commands is found. */
728 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
730 struct command_line *c;
732 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
736 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
737 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
738 "only be used for tracepoints"));
740 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
741 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
743 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
744 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
746 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
747 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
749 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
750 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
754 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
757 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
759 return (type == bp_tracepoint
760 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
761 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
765 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
767 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
770 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
771 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
775 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
776 struct command_line *commands)
778 if (is_tracepoint (b))
780 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
781 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
782 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
783 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
784 struct command_line *c;
785 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
786 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
788 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
790 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
791 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
792 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
793 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
794 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
795 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
798 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
799 "can be used only once"));
806 struct command_line *c2;
808 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
809 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
810 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
812 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
813 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
819 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
823 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
824 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
827 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
829 struct breakpoint *b;
830 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
831 struct bp_location *loc;
834 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
836 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
837 if (loc->address == addr)
838 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
844 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
845 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
848 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
849 struct command_line *commands)
851 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
853 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
854 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
855 breakpoints_changed ();
856 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
859 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
860 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
864 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
866 int old_silent = b->silent;
869 if (old_silent != silent)
870 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
873 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
874 breakpoint work for any thread. */
877 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
879 int old_thread = b->thread;
882 if (old_thread != thread)
883 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
886 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
887 breakpoint work for any task. */
890 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
892 int old_task = b->task;
895 if (old_task != task)
896 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
900 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
902 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
904 validate_actionline (&line, b);
907 /* A structure used to pass information through
908 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
912 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
915 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
918 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
919 already-parsed command. */
920 struct command_line *control;
922 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
924 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
927 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
931 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
933 struct commands_info *info = data;
935 if (info->cmd == NULL)
937 struct command_line *l;
939 if (info->control != NULL)
940 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
943 struct cleanup *old_chain;
946 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
947 "%s, one per line."),
950 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
952 l = read_command_lines (str,
955 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
958 do_cleanups (old_chain);
961 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
964 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
966 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
968 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
969 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
970 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
971 b->commands = info->cmd;
972 breakpoints_changed ();
973 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
978 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
979 struct command_line *control)
981 struct cleanup *cleanups;
982 struct commands_info info;
984 info.from_tty = from_tty;
985 info.control = control;
987 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
988 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
989 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
991 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
993 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
994 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
996 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
997 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1000 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1001 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1002 numbers will fail in this case. */
1007 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1009 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1012 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1016 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1018 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1019 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1021 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1025 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1027 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1030 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1031 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1033 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1034 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1035 enum command_control_type
1036 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1038 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1039 return simple_control;
1042 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1045 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1047 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1051 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1052 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1057 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1058 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1060 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1061 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1062 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1063 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1064 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1065 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1066 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1067 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1069 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1072 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1073 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1074 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1076 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1078 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1080 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1081 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1082 report higher one. */
1085 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1086 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1088 struct bp_location *bl;
1090 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1091 bl = bp_location[bc];
1093 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1094 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1095 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1096 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1098 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1099 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1100 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1102 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1104 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1111 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1112 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1113 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1114 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1115 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1118 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1120 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1121 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1122 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1125 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1128 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1130 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1132 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1133 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1137 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1138 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1139 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1142 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1145 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1146 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1147 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1150 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1152 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1153 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1156 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1158 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1159 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1161 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1162 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1166 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1167 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1171 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1172 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1174 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1175 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1176 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1180 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1182 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1183 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1186 if (readbuf != NULL)
1188 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1190 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1191 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1195 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1196 const unsigned char *bp;
1197 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1198 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1200 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1201 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1202 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1204 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1206 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1208 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1209 breakpoint's INSN. */
1210 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1216 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1219 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1221 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1222 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1223 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1226 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1230 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1232 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1233 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1236 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1237 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1238 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1239 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1240 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1241 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1242 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1243 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1246 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1248 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1249 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1250 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1251 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1254 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1255 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1258 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1260 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1262 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1264 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1265 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1266 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1267 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1268 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1270 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1273 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1274 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1275 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1276 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1278 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1280 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1281 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1284 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1285 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1286 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1287 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1288 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1289 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1290 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1291 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1293 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1294 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1295 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1296 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1297 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1298 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1299 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1300 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1303 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1304 hardware watchpoints:
1306 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1307 called several times when GDB stops.
1310 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1311 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1312 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1313 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1314 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1315 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1316 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1317 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1318 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1319 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1320 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1322 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1323 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1326 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1328 int within_current_scope;
1329 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1332 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1333 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1334 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1335 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1338 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1343 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1344 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1345 within_current_scope = 1;
1348 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1349 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1350 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1352 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1353 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1354 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1355 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1358 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1359 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1360 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1361 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1364 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1366 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1367 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1368 if (within_current_scope)
1372 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1373 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1374 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1377 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1386 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1387 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1388 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1389 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1390 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1391 be completely different objects. */
1392 value_free (b->val);
1396 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1397 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1398 locations (re)created below. */
1399 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1401 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1403 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1407 s = b->base.cond_string;
1408 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1412 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1413 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1414 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1415 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1416 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1417 if ( !target_has_execution)
1419 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1420 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1421 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1423 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1426 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1427 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1429 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1431 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1432 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1433 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1434 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1435 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1437 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1443 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1445 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1446 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1448 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1449 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1450 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1451 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1452 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1453 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1454 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1456 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1458 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1459 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1460 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1462 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1463 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1467 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1469 addr = value_address (v);
1470 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1472 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1474 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1477 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1478 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1481 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1483 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1484 loc->address = addr;
1486 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1491 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1492 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1493 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1498 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1499 struct bp_location *bl;
1501 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1505 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1508 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1509 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1510 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1512 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1513 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1514 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1515 this watchpoint in as well. */
1517 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1518 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1519 hardware watchpoint type. */
1520 type = b->base.type;
1521 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1522 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1524 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1525 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1526 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1527 through watch_command), so always account for it
1530 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1531 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1533 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1534 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1537 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1538 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1540 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1542 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1543 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1544 "hardware watchpoint."));
1545 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1546 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1547 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1549 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1550 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1554 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1555 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1556 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1558 b->base.type = type;
1561 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1562 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1563 "read/access watchpoint."));
1565 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1567 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1568 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1569 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1570 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1573 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1575 next = value_next (v);
1580 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1581 above left it without any location set up. But,
1582 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1583 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1584 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1586 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1587 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1588 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1589 base->loc->address = -1;
1590 base->loc->length = -1;
1591 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1594 else if (!within_current_scope)
1596 printf_filtered (_("\
1597 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1598 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1600 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1603 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1605 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1609 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1610 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1611 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1612 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1613 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1615 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1617 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1620 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1623 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1626 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1629 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1630 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1631 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1632 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1633 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1634 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1635 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1636 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1637 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1643 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1644 that the location is not duplicated. */
1647 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1650 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1653 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1654 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1658 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1659 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1660 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1661 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1664 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1665 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1667 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1668 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1669 int *disabled_breaks,
1670 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1674 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1677 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1678 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1679 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1680 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1681 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1683 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1684 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1686 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1688 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1689 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1690 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1692 Two important cases are:
1693 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1694 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1695 hardware breakpoint.
1696 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1697 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1698 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1701 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1702 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1703 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1704 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1706 struct mem_region *mr
1707 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1711 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1713 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1715 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1716 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1718 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1720 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1722 static int said = 0;
1724 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1727 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1728 _("Note: automatically using "
1729 "hardware breakpoints for "
1730 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1735 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1736 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1737 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1738 "at readonly address %s"),
1739 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1743 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1744 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1745 || bl->section == NULL
1746 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1748 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1750 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1754 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1755 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1756 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1758 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1759 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1760 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1761 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1762 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1766 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1768 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1769 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1770 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1771 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1772 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1774 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1775 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1776 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1780 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1781 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1783 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1784 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1788 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1789 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1796 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1797 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1799 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1801 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1802 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1803 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1805 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1806 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1809 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1810 "library breakpoints:\n");
1812 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1813 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1814 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1818 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1820 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1822 "Cannot insert hardware "
1828 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1829 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1831 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1832 "Error accessing memory address ");
1833 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1835 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1836 safe_strerror (val));
1847 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1848 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1849 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1850 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1885 /* Back to the original value. */
1886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1895 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1896 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1898 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1901 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1905 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1906 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1908 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1911 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1913 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1914 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1915 so just return success. */
1922 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1923 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1927 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1929 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1930 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1932 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1935 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1936 delete_breakpoint (b);
1939 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1940 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1943 struct bp_location *tmp;
1945 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1947 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1948 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1949 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1951 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1952 if (tmp->next == loc)
1954 tmp->next = loc->next;
1960 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1961 removed locations above. */
1962 update_global_location_list (0);
1965 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1966 Throws exception on any error.
1967 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1968 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1970 insert_breakpoints (void)
1972 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1975 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1977 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1979 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1982 update_global_location_list (1);
1984 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1985 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1987 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1988 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1991 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1994 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1996 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1997 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2000 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2001 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2003 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2004 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2006 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2007 there was an error. */
2008 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2010 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2012 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2014 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2017 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2018 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2019 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2020 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2021 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2024 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2026 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2027 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2028 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2029 insert breakpoints. */
2030 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2031 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2034 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2035 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2040 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2041 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2044 int some_failed = 0;
2045 struct bp_location *loc;
2047 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2050 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2053 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2056 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2057 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2064 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2066 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2068 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2069 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2070 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2078 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2079 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2080 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2083 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2084 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2086 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2087 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2090 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2093 /* Used when the program stops.
2094 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2095 removing a breakpoint location. */
2098 remove_breakpoints (void)
2100 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2103 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2105 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2106 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2111 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2114 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2116 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2118 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2122 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2127 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2136 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2138 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2139 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2141 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2142 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2143 struct inferior *inf;
2144 struct thread_info *tp;
2146 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2150 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2151 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2153 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2155 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2156 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2160 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2166 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2169 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2174 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2178 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2180 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2181 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2182 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2183 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2184 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2185 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2187 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2190 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2193 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2194 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2198 static struct breakpoint *
2199 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2200 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2201 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2203 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2204 struct breakpoint *b;
2206 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2209 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2210 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2212 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2213 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2214 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2219 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2221 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2223 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2225 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2226 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2228 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2229 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2231 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2234 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2235 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2237 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2238 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2241 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2243 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2244 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2246 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2249 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2251 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2254 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2255 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2257 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2258 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2260 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2262 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2263 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2265 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2266 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2268 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2269 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2271 return bp_objfile_data;
2275 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2277 struct objfile *objfile;
2278 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2282 struct breakpoint *b;
2283 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2286 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2291 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2293 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2295 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2298 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2299 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2302 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2305 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2308 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2309 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2311 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2313 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2314 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2318 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2319 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2322 update_global_location_list (1);
2326 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 struct program_space *pspace;
2329 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2331 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2333 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2335 struct objfile *objfile;
2337 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2339 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2342 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2345 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2346 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2349 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2351 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2353 struct breakpoint *b;
2354 const char *func_name;
2357 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2360 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2361 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2363 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2365 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2368 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2369 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2372 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2375 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2376 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2377 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2378 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2379 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2383 update_global_location_list (1);
2385 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2388 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2390 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2392 struct program_space *pspace;
2393 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2394 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2396 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2398 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2400 struct objfile *objfile;
2403 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2405 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2407 struct breakpoint *b;
2408 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2410 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2412 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2415 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2417 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2419 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2420 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2421 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2423 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2424 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2427 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2430 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2431 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2432 bp_std_terminate_master,
2433 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2434 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2435 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2439 update_global_location_list (1);
2441 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2444 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2447 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2449 struct objfile *objfile;
2450 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2452 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2454 struct breakpoint *b;
2455 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2456 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2459 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2461 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2464 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2466 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2468 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2470 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2471 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2473 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2477 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2480 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2481 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2483 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2484 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2485 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2486 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2489 update_global_location_list (1);
2493 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2495 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2496 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2498 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2499 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2500 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2501 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2502 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2503 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2504 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2505 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2507 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2508 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2512 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2515 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2516 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2518 delete_breakpoint (b);
2522 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2523 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2525 delete_breakpoint (b);
2529 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2530 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2531 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2532 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2533 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2535 delete_breakpoint (b);
2539 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2540 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2542 delete_breakpoint (b);
2546 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2548 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2549 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2551 delete_breakpoint (b);
2555 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2557 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2558 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2559 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2560 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2564 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2565 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2566 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2567 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2568 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2569 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2571 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2572 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2573 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2574 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2575 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2576 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2577 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2579 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2580 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2581 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2582 let finish_command delete it.
2584 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2585 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2586 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2587 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2588 solib breakpoints.) */
2590 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2595 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2596 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2598 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2600 delete_breakpoint (b);
2604 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2605 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2606 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2607 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2608 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2612 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2614 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2616 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2617 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2619 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2620 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2622 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2623 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2624 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2626 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2630 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2633 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2634 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2636 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2640 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2641 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2642 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2643 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2644 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2647 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2651 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2652 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2654 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2655 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2658 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2659 This should not ever happen. */
2660 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2662 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2665 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2666 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2667 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2669 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2670 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2671 || bl->section == NULL
2672 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2674 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2675 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2679 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2680 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2681 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2683 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2684 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2686 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2687 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2688 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2689 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2690 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2692 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2693 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2695 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2696 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2699 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2700 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2701 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2702 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2704 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2705 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2706 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2708 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2709 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2715 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2720 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2721 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2722 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2723 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2728 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2730 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2732 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2733 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2735 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2736 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2738 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2739 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2740 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2743 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2744 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2747 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2748 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2750 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2754 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2761 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2764 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2766 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2767 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2769 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2770 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2773 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2774 This should not ever happen. */
2775 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2777 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2779 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2781 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2783 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2787 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2790 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2792 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2794 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2795 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2799 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2800 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2802 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2805 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2806 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2807 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2812 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2814 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2815 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2817 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2819 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2821 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2826 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2827 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2828 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2834 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2841 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2842 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2845 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2847 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2849 case bp_shlib_event:
2851 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2852 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2853 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2854 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2855 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2857 (gdb) file prog-linux
2858 (gdb) run # native linux target
2861 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2862 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2865 delete_breakpoint (b);
2869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2870 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2871 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2875 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2876 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2877 delete_breakpoint (b);
2878 else if (context == inf_starting)
2880 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2881 insert_breakpoints. */
2883 value_free (w->val);
2894 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2895 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2896 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2897 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2900 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2901 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2902 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2903 match, not program space. */
2905 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2906 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2907 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2908 permanent breakpoint.
2909 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2910 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2911 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2912 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2913 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2915 enum breakpoint_here
2916 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2918 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2919 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2923 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2924 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2928 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2929 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2930 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2932 if (overlay_debugging
2933 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2934 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2935 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2936 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2937 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2939 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2943 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2946 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2949 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2951 struct bp_location *loc;
2954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2955 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2961 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2962 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2963 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2964 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2967 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2970 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2974 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2975 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2979 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2981 if (overlay_debugging
2982 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2983 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2984 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2992 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2993 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2996 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2998 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3001 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3007 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3011 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3014 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3018 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3022 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3025 if (overlay_debugging
3026 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3027 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3028 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3034 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3035 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3042 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3043 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3045 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3049 struct bp_location *loc;
3051 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3052 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3055 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3058 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3059 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3063 /* Check for intersection. */
3064 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3065 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3073 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3074 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3077 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3081 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3087 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3088 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3092 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3093 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3096 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3099 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3101 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3102 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3103 it is now time to do so. */
3105 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3106 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3110 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3112 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3113 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3114 it is now time to do so. */
3116 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3117 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3121 if (overlay_debugging
3122 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3123 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3124 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3133 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3137 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3139 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3142 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3146 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3148 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3149 value_free (bs->old_val);
3150 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3151 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3155 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3156 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3159 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3176 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3177 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3180 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3184 bpstat retval = NULL;
3189 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3191 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3192 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3193 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3194 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3195 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3197 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3198 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3202 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3212 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3215 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3220 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3222 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3228 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3229 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3230 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3231 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3233 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3234 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3236 Return 1 otherwise. */
3239 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3241 struct breakpoint *b;
3244 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3246 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3247 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3248 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3249 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3250 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3252 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3254 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3258 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3261 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3263 struct thread_info *tp;
3266 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3269 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3273 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3275 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3277 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3279 value_free (bs->old_val);
3285 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3288 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3290 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3292 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3294 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3295 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3296 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3297 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3298 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3302 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3305 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3308 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3310 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3313 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3314 or its equivalent. */
3317 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3319 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3320 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3323 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3324 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3325 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3326 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3328 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3329 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3330 bpstat of the current thread. */
3333 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3339 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3341 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3344 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3345 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3347 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3349 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3352 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3353 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3355 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3356 struct command_line *cmd;
3357 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3359 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3361 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3362 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3363 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3364 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3365 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3366 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3367 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3368 the tree when we're done. */
3369 ccmd = bs->commands;
3370 bs->commands = NULL;
3371 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3372 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3373 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3375 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3381 execute_control_command (cmd);
3383 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3389 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3390 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3392 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3394 if (target_can_async_p ())
3395 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3396 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3397 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3400 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3401 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3402 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3403 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3404 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3405 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3406 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3407 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3408 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3409 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3410 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3411 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3412 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3417 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3422 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3424 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3426 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3427 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3428 && target_has_execution
3429 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3430 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3431 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3432 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3433 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3434 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3435 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3438 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3441 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3444 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3447 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3450 struct value_print_options opts;
3451 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3452 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3456 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3457 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3458 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3459 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3462 static enum print_stop_action
3463 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3465 switch (bs->print_it)
3468 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3469 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3473 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3474 relevant messages. */
3475 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3478 case print_it_normal:
3480 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3482 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3483 which has since been deleted. */
3485 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3487 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3488 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3493 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3494 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3499 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
3502 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
3505 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
3507 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
3511 if (any_added || any_deleted)
3512 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3513 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
3515 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3516 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
3517 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
3520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3521 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3522 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3526 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3530 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
3531 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3534 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
3539 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3540 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
3541 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3544 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3549 struct so_list *iter;
3551 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3553 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
3554 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3557 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
3562 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3563 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
3564 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3567 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3571 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3572 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3573 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3574 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3610 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3611 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3612 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3613 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3615 print_solib_event (0);
3616 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3619 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3620 with and nothing was printed. */
3621 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3624 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3625 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3626 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3627 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3630 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3632 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3633 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3635 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3639 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3642 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3646 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3648 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3649 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3650 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3651 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3652 incref_bp_location (bl);
3653 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3654 bs->commands = NULL;
3656 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3660 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3661 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3664 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3666 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3668 struct breakpoint *b;
3670 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3672 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3673 as not triggered. */
3675 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3677 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3679 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3685 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
3687 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3688 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3690 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3692 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3694 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3697 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3700 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3701 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3705 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3707 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3708 struct bp_location *loc;
3710 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3711 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3713 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3715 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3716 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3718 if (newaddr == start)
3720 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3724 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3725 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
3729 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3738 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3739 because of check_errors). */
3740 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3741 #define WP_DELETED 1
3742 /* The value has changed. */
3743 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3744 /* The value has not changed. */
3745 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3746 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3749 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3750 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3752 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3755 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3756 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3759 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3761 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3762 struct watchpoint *b;
3763 struct frame_info *fr;
3764 int within_current_scope;
3766 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3767 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3768 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3770 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3771 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3772 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3773 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3776 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3777 within_current_scope = 1;
3780 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3781 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3782 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3784 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3785 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3786 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3787 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3788 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3789 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3790 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3791 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3792 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3793 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3796 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3797 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3799 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3800 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3801 if (within_current_scope)
3803 struct symbol *function;
3805 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3806 if (function == NULL
3807 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3808 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3809 within_current_scope = 0;
3812 if (within_current_scope)
3813 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3814 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3819 if (within_current_scope)
3821 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3822 time before we return to the command level and call
3823 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3824 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3828 struct value *new_val;
3830 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3831 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3832 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3833 a mask watchpoint. */
3834 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3836 mark = value_mark ();
3837 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3839 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3840 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3841 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3842 not what we want. */
3843 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3844 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3846 if (new_val != NULL)
3848 release_value (new_val);
3849 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3851 bs->old_val = b->val;
3854 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3858 /* Nothing changed. */
3859 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3860 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3865 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3867 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3868 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3869 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3870 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3871 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3872 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3873 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3874 the first value assigned). */
3875 /* We print all the stop information in
3876 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3877 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3878 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3882 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3883 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3884 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3886 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3887 which its expression is valid.\n");
3889 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3890 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3891 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3897 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3898 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3899 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3902 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3903 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
3904 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3906 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3908 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3909 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3911 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
3914 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3915 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3918 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3920 const struct bp_location *bl;
3921 struct watchpoint *b;
3923 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3924 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3925 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3926 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3927 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3930 int must_check_value = 0;
3932 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3933 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3935 must_check_value = 1;
3936 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3937 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3938 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3940 must_check_value = 1;
3941 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3942 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3943 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3944 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3945 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3946 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3947 must_check_value = 1;
3949 if (must_check_value)
3952 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3954 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3955 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3957 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3961 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3962 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3966 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3969 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3970 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3972 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3974 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3975 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3976 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3977 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3978 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3979 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3980 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3983 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3984 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3987 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3988 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3989 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3990 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3992 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3993 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3994 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3997 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3998 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3999 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4000 changes. This still gives false positives when
4001 the program writes the same value to memory as
4002 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4003 it for a read), but it's much better than
4006 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4008 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4010 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4013 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4014 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4016 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4017 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4019 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4020 == watch_triggered_yes)
4022 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4028 if (other_write_watchpoint
4029 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4031 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4032 and the value changed since the last time we
4033 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4035 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4040 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4041 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4042 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4044 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4045 the value hasn't changed. */
4046 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4054 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4055 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4056 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4057 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4058 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4062 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4064 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4065 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4066 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4067 anything for this watchpoint. */
4068 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4075 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4076 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4077 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4080 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4082 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4083 const struct bp_location *bl;
4084 struct breakpoint *b;
4086 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4087 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4088 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4089 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4090 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4092 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4093 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4097 int value_is_zero = 0;
4098 struct expression *cond;
4100 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4101 method implemented. */
4102 if (b->py_bp_object)
4103 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4105 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4107 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4114 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4116 int within_current_scope = 1;
4117 struct watchpoint * w;
4119 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4120 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4121 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4122 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4124 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4126 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4127 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4131 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4132 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4133 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4134 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4135 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4137 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4138 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4141 struct frame_info *frame;
4143 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4144 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4145 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4146 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4147 really matter which instantiation of the function
4148 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4149 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4150 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4151 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4152 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4153 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4154 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4155 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4157 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4159 select_frame (frame);
4161 within_current_scope = 0;
4163 if (within_current_scope)
4165 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4166 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4170 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4171 "in the current scope"));
4172 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4173 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4176 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4177 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4180 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4184 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4188 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4191 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4193 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4195 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4201 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4202 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4204 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4205 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4208 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4210 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4212 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4213 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4214 several reasons concurrently.)
4216 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4217 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4220 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4221 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4222 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4224 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4225 struct bp_location *bl;
4226 struct bp_location *loc;
4227 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4228 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4229 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4232 int need_remove_insert;
4235 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4236 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4237 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4238 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4239 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4240 inferior function calls. */
4244 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4247 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4249 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4250 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4251 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4252 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4253 checked all locations already. */
4254 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4257 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4260 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4263 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4266 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4269 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4270 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4271 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4275 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4276 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4277 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4279 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4281 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4283 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4288 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4290 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4292 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4293 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4296 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4300 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4301 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4302 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4304 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4306 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4308 handle_solib_event ();
4313 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4314 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4315 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4319 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4324 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4325 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4328 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4335 /* We will stop here. */
4336 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4338 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4339 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4344 bs->commands = b->commands;
4345 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4346 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4347 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4353 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4355 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4356 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4359 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4360 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4361 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4363 need_remove_insert = 0;
4364 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4365 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4367 && bs->breakpoint_at
4368 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4370 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4372 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4373 need_remove_insert = 1;
4376 if (need_remove_insert)
4377 update_global_location_list (1);
4378 else if (removed_any)
4379 update_global_location_list (0);
4385 handle_jit_event (void)
4387 struct frame_info *frame;
4388 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4390 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4391 breakpoint_re_set. */
4392 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4394 frame = get_current_frame ();
4395 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4397 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4399 target_terminal_inferior ();
4402 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
4405 handle_solib_event (void)
4407 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
4409 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
4410 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
4411 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
4412 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4414 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4416 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4418 target_terminal_inferior ();
4421 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4423 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4426 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4428 struct bpstat_what retval;
4432 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4433 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4434 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4436 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4438 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4439 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4440 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4443 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4445 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4446 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4450 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4457 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4460 case bp_shlib_event:
4464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4466 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4469 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4472 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4473 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4474 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4484 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4485 This requires no further action. */
4490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4491 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4493 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4494 case bp_exception_resume:
4495 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4496 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4498 case bp_step_resume:
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4503 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4512 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4513 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4516 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4517 case bp_thread_event:
4518 case bp_overlay_event:
4519 case bp_longjmp_master:
4520 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4521 case bp_exception_master:
4522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4528 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4530 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4534 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4535 This requires no further action. */
4540 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4543 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4544 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4545 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4546 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4548 case bp_std_terminate:
4549 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4550 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4551 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4552 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4555 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4556 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4557 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4558 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4560 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4561 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4563 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4564 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4565 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4567 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4568 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4569 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4570 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4573 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4574 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4577 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4580 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4581 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4586 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4588 handle_jit_event ();
4591 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4593 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4599 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4600 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4602 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4603 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4611 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4612 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4613 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4616 bpstat_should_step (void)
4618 struct breakpoint *b;
4621 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4627 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4629 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4638 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4639 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4640 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4643 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4645 static char wrap_indent[80];
4646 int i, total_width, width, align;
4650 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4652 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4654 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4655 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4656 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4661 total_width += width + 1;
4667 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4670 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4671 struct bp_location *loc)
4673 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4674 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4676 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4680 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4682 if (b->display_canonical)
4683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4684 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4687 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4690 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4692 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4693 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4694 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4695 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4698 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4702 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4703 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4706 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4709 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4713 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4714 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4716 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4718 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4720 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4723 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4725 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4729 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4731 struct ep_type_description
4736 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4738 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4739 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4740 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4741 {bp_until, "until"},
4742 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4743 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4744 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4745 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4746 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4747 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4748 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4749 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4750 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4751 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4752 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4753 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4754 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4755 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4756 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4757 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4758 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4759 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4760 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4761 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4762 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4763 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4764 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4765 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4766 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4767 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4768 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4771 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4772 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4773 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4774 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4777 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4780 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4783 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4784 struct bp_location *loc,
4786 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4789 struct command_line *l;
4790 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4792 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4793 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4794 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4795 struct value_print_options opts;
4797 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4799 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4800 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4801 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4804 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4805 header_of_multiple = 1;
4813 if (part_of_multiple)
4816 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4817 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4822 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4827 if (part_of_multiple)
4828 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4834 if (part_of_multiple)
4835 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4842 if (part_of_multiple)
4843 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4845 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4846 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4847 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4851 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4853 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4854 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4855 make sure there's just one location. */
4856 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4857 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4863 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4864 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4869 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4870 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4872 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4874 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4875 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4876 is relatively readable). */
4877 if (opts.addressprint)
4878 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4880 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4885 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4889 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4891 case bp_exception_resume:
4892 case bp_step_resume:
4893 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4894 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4896 case bp_std_terminate:
4897 case bp_shlib_event:
4898 case bp_thread_event:
4899 case bp_overlay_event:
4900 case bp_longjmp_master:
4901 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4902 case bp_exception_master:
4904 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4905 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4907 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4908 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4909 if (opts.addressprint)
4912 if (header_of_multiple)
4913 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4914 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4915 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4917 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4918 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4921 if (!header_of_multiple)
4922 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4929 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4932 && !header_of_multiple
4934 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4935 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4936 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4937 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4938 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4939 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4941 struct inferior *inf;
4944 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4946 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4951 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4954 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4955 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4960 if (!part_of_multiple)
4962 if (b->thread != -1)
4964 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4965 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4966 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4967 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4969 else if (b->task != 0)
4971 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4972 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4978 if (!part_of_multiple)
4979 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4981 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4984 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4985 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4987 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4988 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4995 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4998 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4999 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5000 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5003 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5005 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5006 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5007 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5011 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5013 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5014 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5016 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5017 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5020 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5021 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5022 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5028 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5029 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5031 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5032 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5034 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5037 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5038 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5039 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5042 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5044 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5046 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5054 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5055 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5057 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5060 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5061 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5062 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5065 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5067 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5069 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5071 annotate_field (10);
5072 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5073 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5074 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5078 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5080 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5082 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5086 else if (b->addr_string)
5087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5092 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5093 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5096 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5097 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5099 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5101 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5102 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5104 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5105 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5106 locations, if any. */
5107 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5109 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5110 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5111 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5114 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5115 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5117 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5118 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5120 struct bp_location *loc;
5123 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5125 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5126 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5127 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5128 do_cleanups (inner2);
5135 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5137 int print_address_bits = 0;
5138 struct bp_location *loc;
5140 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5144 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5145 an address to print. */
5146 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5149 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5150 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5151 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5154 return print_address_bits;
5157 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5163 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5165 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5166 struct breakpoint *b;
5167 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5171 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5173 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5181 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5182 char **error_message)
5184 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5187 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5189 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5190 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5196 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5197 internal or momentary. */
5200 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5202 return b->number > 0;
5205 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5206 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5207 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5208 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5209 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5210 breakpoints listed. */
5213 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5214 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5216 struct breakpoint *b;
5217 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5218 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5219 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5220 struct value_print_options opts;
5221 int print_address_bits = 0;
5222 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5223 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5225 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5227 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5228 required for address fields. */
5229 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5232 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5233 if (filter && !filter (b))
5236 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5237 accept. Skip the others. */
5238 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5240 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5242 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5246 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5248 int addr_bit, type_len;
5250 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5251 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5252 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5254 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5255 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5256 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5258 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5262 if (opts.addressprint)
5264 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5265 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5269 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5270 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5273 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5274 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5277 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5278 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5280 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5281 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5282 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5284 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5285 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5287 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5288 if (opts.addressprint)
5290 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5292 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5293 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5294 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5296 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5297 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5299 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5301 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5302 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5303 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5304 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5309 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5310 if (filter && !filter (b))
5313 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5314 accept. Skip the others. */
5316 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5318 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5320 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5323 else /* all others */
5325 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5329 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5331 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5332 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5335 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5337 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5339 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5343 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5344 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5347 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5353 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5354 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5357 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5358 there have been breakpoints? */
5359 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5361 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5364 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5365 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5368 default_collect_info (void)
5370 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5390 default_collect_info ();
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5399 if (num_printed == 0)
5401 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5402 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5404 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5409 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5411 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5413 default_collect_info ();
5417 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5418 struct program_space *pspace,
5419 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5421 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5423 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5425 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5426 && bl->address == pc
5427 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5433 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5434 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5438 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5439 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5440 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5443 struct breakpoint *b;
5446 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5447 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5452 else /* if (others == ???) */
5453 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5455 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5458 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5459 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5461 else if (b->thread != -1)
5462 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5463 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5464 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5465 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5467 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5471 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5473 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5474 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5475 printf_filtered (".\n");
5480 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5481 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5482 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5483 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5485 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5486 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5487 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5488 breakpoint at address zero:
5496 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5498 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5500 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5503 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5504 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5507 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5508 struct bp_location *loc2)
5510 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5511 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5513 /* Both of them must exist. */
5514 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5515 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5517 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5518 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5519 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5520 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5521 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5522 other watchpoint. */
5524 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5526 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5529 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5531 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5535 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5536 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5537 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5538 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5539 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5540 become hw_access locations later. */
5541 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5542 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5543 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5544 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5547 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5548 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5549 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5550 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5553 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5554 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5556 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5557 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5561 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5562 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5563 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5564 space doesn't really matter. */
5567 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5568 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5571 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5572 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5573 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5576 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5577 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5578 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5579 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5582 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5583 struct address_space *aspace,
5586 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5589 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5590 bl->address, bl->length,
5594 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5595 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5596 true, otherwise returns false. */
5599 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5600 struct bp_location *loc2)
5602 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5603 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5604 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5605 different locations. */
5606 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5611 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5612 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5613 represent the same location. */
5616 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5617 struct bp_location *loc2)
5619 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5621 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5622 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5623 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5625 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5626 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5628 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5631 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5632 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5633 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5635 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5636 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5637 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5638 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5642 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5643 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5645 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5646 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5650 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5651 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5653 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5654 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5656 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5659 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5660 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5661 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5662 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5665 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5666 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5668 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5670 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5673 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5674 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5675 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5676 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5677 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5679 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5680 have their addresses modified. */
5685 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5687 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5688 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5689 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5691 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5692 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5694 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5695 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5697 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5702 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5703 struct breakpoint *owner)
5705 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5707 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5712 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5715 switch (owner->type)
5721 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5723 case bp_exception_resume:
5724 case bp_step_resume:
5725 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5726 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5728 case bp_std_terminate:
5729 case bp_shlib_event:
5730 case bp_thread_event:
5731 case bp_overlay_event:
5733 case bp_longjmp_master:
5734 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5735 case bp_exception_master:
5736 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5737 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5740 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5741 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5743 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5744 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5745 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5746 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5751 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5752 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5753 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5756 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5762 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5764 static struct bp_location *
5765 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5767 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5771 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5773 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5777 /* Increment reference count. */
5780 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5785 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5786 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5789 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5791 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5793 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5794 free_bp_location (*blp);
5798 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5801 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5803 struct breakpoint *b1;
5805 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5806 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5808 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5810 breakpoint_chain = b;
5819 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5822 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5823 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5825 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5827 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5829 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5833 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5834 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5835 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5837 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5840 b->ignore_count = 0;
5842 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5843 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5844 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5845 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5848 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5849 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5851 static struct breakpoint *
5852 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5854 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5856 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5858 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5859 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5863 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5864 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5868 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5870 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5872 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5873 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5874 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5877 const char *function_name;
5879 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
5880 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5882 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5884 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5886 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5887 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
5888 &loc->requested_address))
5890 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5891 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5892 loc->requested_address,
5895 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5896 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5898 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5899 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5900 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5905 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
5909 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5911 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5914 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5916 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5921 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5922 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5923 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5925 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5926 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5927 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5930 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5931 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5932 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5934 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5936 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5938 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5939 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5941 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5942 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5944 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5945 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5947 breakpoints_changed ();
5950 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5951 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5952 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5953 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5954 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5955 is also returned as the value of this function.
5957 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5958 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5959 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5960 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5961 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5962 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5963 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5966 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5967 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5968 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5970 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5972 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5973 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5978 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5979 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5981 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5983 struct bp_location *bl;
5985 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5987 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5988 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5989 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5990 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5991 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5992 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5996 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5997 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5998 initiated the operation. */
6001 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6003 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6004 int thread = tp->num;
6006 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6007 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6008 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6009 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6011 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6012 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6013 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6015 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6016 struct breakpoint *clone;
6018 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6019 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6020 clone->thread = thread;
6023 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6026 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6028 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6030 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6033 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6035 if (b->thread == thread)
6036 delete_breakpoint (b);
6041 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6043 struct breakpoint *b;
6046 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6048 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6049 update_global_location_list (1);
6050 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6055 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6057 struct breakpoint *b;
6060 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6062 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6063 update_global_location_list (0);
6064 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6068 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6069 master breakpoint. */
6071 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6073 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6075 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6076 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6077 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6079 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6080 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6084 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6086 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6088 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6090 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6091 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6092 delete_breakpoint (b);
6096 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6098 struct breakpoint *b;
6100 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6101 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6103 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6104 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6106 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6108 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6114 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6116 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6118 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6119 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6120 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6121 delete_breakpoint (b);
6124 struct lang_and_radix
6130 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6133 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6135 struct breakpoint *b;
6137 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6138 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6139 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6143 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6146 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6148 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6151 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6152 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6153 delete_breakpoint (b);
6157 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6159 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6162 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6163 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6164 delete_breakpoint (b);
6168 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6170 struct breakpoint *b;
6172 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6173 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6174 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6178 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6179 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6182 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6184 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6186 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6188 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6189 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6191 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6192 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6193 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6194 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6195 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6196 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6197 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6198 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6199 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6200 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6201 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6203 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6205 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6209 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6214 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6215 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6219 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6221 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6222 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6224 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6225 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6226 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6227 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6228 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6229 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6232 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6234 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6235 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6237 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6238 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6239 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6240 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6241 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6242 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6243 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6244 || is_tracepoint (b))
6245 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6247 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6248 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6249 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6250 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6253 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6254 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6256 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6258 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6259 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6260 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6263 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6268 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6270 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6271 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6272 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6273 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6274 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6276 struct fork_catchpoint
6278 /* The base class. */
6279 struct breakpoint base;
6281 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6282 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6283 catchpoint has triggered. */
6284 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6287 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6291 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6293 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6296 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6300 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6302 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6305 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6309 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6310 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6311 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6313 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6315 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
6318 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6322 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6325 static enum print_stop_action
6326 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6328 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6329 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6330 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6332 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6333 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6336 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6337 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6339 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6340 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6341 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6343 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6344 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6345 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6346 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6347 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6350 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6354 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6356 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6357 struct value_print_options opts;
6358 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6360 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6362 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6363 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6365 if (opts.addressprint)
6366 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6369 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6372 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6373 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6374 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6378 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6382 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6384 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6387 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6391 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6394 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6397 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6399 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6401 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6405 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6407 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6410 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6414 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6416 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6419 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6423 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6424 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6425 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6427 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6429 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
6432 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6436 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6439 static enum print_stop_action
6440 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6442 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6443 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6444 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6446 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6447 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6448 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6450 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6451 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6453 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6454 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6457 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6458 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6459 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6460 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6461 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6464 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6468 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6470 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6471 struct value_print_options opts;
6472 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6474 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6475 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6476 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6478 if (opts.addressprint)
6479 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6481 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6482 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6484 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6485 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6486 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6487 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6491 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6495 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6497 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6500 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6504 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6507 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6510 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6512 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6514 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
6515 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6516 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6517 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6518 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6520 struct solib_catchpoint
6522 /* The base class. */
6523 struct breakpoint base;
6525 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
6526 unsigned char is_load;
6528 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
6529 REGEX is non-NULL. */
6535 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6537 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6540 regfree (&self->compiled);
6541 xfree (self->regex);
6543 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6547 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6553 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6559 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
6560 struct address_space *aspace,
6562 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6564 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6565 struct breakpoint *other;
6567 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
6570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
6572 struct bp_location *other_bl;
6574 if (other == bl->owner)
6577 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
6580 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
6583 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
6585 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
6594 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
6596 struct solib_catchpoint *self
6597 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6602 struct so_list *iter;
6605 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
6610 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6619 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
6624 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6630 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
6633 static enum print_stop_action
6634 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
6636 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6637 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6639 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6640 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6641 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6643 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6644 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6645 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6646 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6648 print_solib_event (1);
6649 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6653 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
6655 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6656 struct value_print_options opts;
6657 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6660 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6661 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6662 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6664 if (opts.addressprint)
6667 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6674 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6676 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
6681 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6683 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
6685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
6690 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6692 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6694 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
6695 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6699 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6701 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
6704 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
6705 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
6708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
6711 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
6713 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
6717 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
6718 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6720 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
6721 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6724 struct cleanup *cleanup;
6726 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6730 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
6732 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
6733 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
6739 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
6742 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
6744 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
6745 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
6747 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
6750 c->is_load = is_load;
6751 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
6752 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
6754 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
6755 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6759 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6760 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6762 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
6766 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6767 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6769 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
6772 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6773 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6774 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6775 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6776 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6778 struct syscall_catchpoint
6780 /* The base class. */
6781 struct breakpoint base;
6783 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6784 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6785 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6786 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6787 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6790 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6794 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6796 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6798 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6800 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6803 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6807 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6809 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6810 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6812 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6813 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6814 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6820 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6825 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6827 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6828 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6829 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6831 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6832 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6834 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6835 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6837 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6838 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6842 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6843 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6844 inf->any_syscall_count,
6845 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6846 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6849 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6853 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6855 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6856 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6858 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6859 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6860 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6866 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6870 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6871 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6873 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6874 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6878 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6879 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6880 inf->any_syscall_count,
6881 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6883 inf->syscalls_counts));
6886 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6890 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6891 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6892 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6894 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6895 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6896 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6897 int syscall_number = 0;
6898 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6899 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6901 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6902 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6905 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
6907 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6908 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6913 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6915 if (syscall_number == iter)
6925 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6928 static enum print_stop_action
6929 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6931 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6932 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6933 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6934 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6935 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6936 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6938 struct target_waitstatus last;
6942 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6944 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6946 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6948 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6949 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6951 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6952 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6954 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6955 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6956 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6957 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6958 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6960 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6962 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6963 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6965 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6967 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6968 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6972 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6974 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6977 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6981 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6982 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6984 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6985 struct value_print_options opts;
6986 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6988 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6989 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6990 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6992 if (opts.addressprint)
6993 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6996 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6997 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6998 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
7000 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7002 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7005 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7008 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7013 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7016 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7018 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7020 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7021 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7025 /* Remove the last comma. */
7026 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7030 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7034 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7038 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7040 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7042 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7046 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7047 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7049 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7052 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7056 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7059 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7061 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7063 printf_filtered (")");
7066 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7070 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7074 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7076 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7078 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7080 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7085 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7090 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7097 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7100 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7102 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7104 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7107 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7109 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7112 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7113 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7114 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7115 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7118 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7119 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7121 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7123 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7126 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7128 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7130 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7131 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7135 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7137 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7138 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7141 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7144 update_global_location_list (1);
7148 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7149 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7152 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7154 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7156 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7158 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7161 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7163 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7164 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7165 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7166 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7167 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7169 struct exec_catchpoint
7171 /* The base class. */
7172 struct breakpoint base;
7174 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7175 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7177 char *exec_pathname;
7180 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7184 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7186 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7188 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7190 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7194 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7196 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7200 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7202 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7206 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7207 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7208 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7210 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7212 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
7215 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
7219 static enum print_stop_action
7220 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
7222 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7223 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7224 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7226 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7227 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7228 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7230 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7234 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
7235 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7237 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7238 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
7239 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
7240 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7242 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7246 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7248 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7249 struct value_print_options opts;
7250 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7252 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7254 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
7255 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
7256 is relatively readable). */
7257 if (opts.addressprint)
7258 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7260 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
7261 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
7263 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
7264 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
7265 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7270 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7272 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
7275 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7279 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7281 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7282 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7285 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
7288 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7289 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7291 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7292 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7294 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7295 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7296 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7298 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7302 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7305 struct breakpoint *b;
7306 struct bp_location *bl;
7310 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7311 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7313 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7315 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7322 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7326 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
7329 struct bp_location *bl;
7331 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7334 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7336 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7338 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7344 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7345 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7346 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7347 types _not_ TYPE. */
7350 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
7351 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7354 struct breakpoint *b;
7356 *other_type_used = 0;
7361 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7364 if (b->type == type)
7365 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7366 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7367 *other_type_used = 1;
7374 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7376 struct breakpoint *b;
7380 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7382 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7383 update_global_location_list (0);
7389 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7391 struct breakpoint *b;
7395 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7397 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7398 update_global_location_list (1);
7404 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7406 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7407 update_global_location_list (0);
7411 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7413 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7414 breakpoint_re_set ();
7418 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7419 at address specified by SAL.
7420 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7423 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7424 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7426 struct breakpoint *b;
7428 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7430 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7432 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7433 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7434 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7435 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7437 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7438 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7440 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7441 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7443 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7448 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7449 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7452 static struct breakpoint *
7453 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7455 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7457 struct breakpoint *copy;
7459 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7460 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7461 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7463 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7464 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7465 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7466 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7467 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7469 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7470 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7472 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7473 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7474 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7475 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7477 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7478 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7479 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7481 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7485 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7489 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7491 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7495 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7499 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7502 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7504 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7506 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7507 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7509 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7513 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7516 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7518 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7519 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7521 printf_filtered ("\n");
7525 static struct bp_location *
7526 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7527 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7529 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7530 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7531 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7533 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7534 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7536 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7537 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7538 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7539 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7540 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7541 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7542 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7545 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7546 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7550 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7551 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7552 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7553 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7554 loc->section = sal->section;
7555 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7557 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7558 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7559 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7561 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7562 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7567 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7568 return 0 otherwise. */
7571 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7575 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7576 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7577 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7580 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7582 addr = loc->address;
7583 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7585 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7589 target_mem = alloca (len);
7591 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7592 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7593 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7594 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7596 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7597 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7599 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7600 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7603 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7610 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7611 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7612 as condition expression. */
7615 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7616 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7617 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7618 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7619 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7620 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7621 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7625 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7627 int target_resources_ok;
7629 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7630 target_resources_ok =
7631 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7633 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7634 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7635 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7636 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7639 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7641 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7643 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7644 struct bp_location *loc;
7648 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7650 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7652 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7653 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7658 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7662 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7663 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7664 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7665 b->disposition = disposition;
7667 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7669 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7670 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7672 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7674 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7675 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7676 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7680 p = skip_spaces (p);
7682 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7684 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7685 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7687 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7689 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7691 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7693 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7694 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7696 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7698 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7701 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7702 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7709 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7712 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7713 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7717 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7718 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7720 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7724 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7726 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7728 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7731 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7736 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7737 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7738 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7739 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7740 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7741 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7742 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7744 struct breakpoint *b;
7745 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7747 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7749 struct tracepoint *t;
7751 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7755 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7757 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7759 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7761 filter, cond_string,
7763 thread, task, ignore_count,
7765 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7766 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7768 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7771 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7772 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7773 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7774 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7775 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7776 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7777 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7778 we take just a single condition string.
7780 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7781 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7782 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7783 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7784 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7787 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7788 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7790 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7791 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7792 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7793 int enabled, int internal)
7796 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7798 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7799 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7801 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7803 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7804 'break', without arguments. */
7805 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7806 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7808 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7809 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7811 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7812 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7815 cond_string, type, disposition,
7816 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7817 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7818 canonical->special_display);
7819 discard_cleanups (inner);
7823 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7824 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7825 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7826 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7828 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7829 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7832 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7833 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7835 char *addr_start = *address;
7837 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7839 if ((*address) == NULL
7840 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7842 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7844 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7846 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7847 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7849 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7850 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7851 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7853 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7854 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7855 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7856 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7858 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7859 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7860 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7861 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7862 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7863 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7865 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7866 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7867 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7869 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7872 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7876 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7877 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7878 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7879 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7880 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7881 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7882 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7883 get_last_displayed_line (),
7884 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7886 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7887 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7888 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7893 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7894 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7897 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7901 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7902 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7905 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7906 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7907 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7908 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7909 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7913 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7914 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7917 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7919 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7921 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7923 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7925 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7927 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7928 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7929 associated with SAL. */
7932 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7934 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7937 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7938 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7940 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7944 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7945 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7946 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7947 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7948 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7949 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7951 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7952 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7954 *cond_string = NULL;
7960 char *cond_start = NULL;
7961 char *cond_end = NULL;
7963 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7965 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7967 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7969 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7971 struct expression *expr;
7973 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7974 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7977 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7978 cond_end - cond_start);
7980 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7986 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7988 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7989 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7990 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7992 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7998 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8000 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8001 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8002 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8005 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8009 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8011 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8012 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8014 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8015 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8016 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8018 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8019 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8024 p = skip_spaces (p);
8026 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8028 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8029 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8031 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8032 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8033 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8035 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8036 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8038 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8040 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8042 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8044 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8046 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8047 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8049 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8052 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8058 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8059 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8060 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8061 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8062 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8063 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8064 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8065 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8066 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8070 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8071 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8072 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8073 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8075 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8076 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8077 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8079 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8080 char *copy_arg = NULL;
8081 char *addr_start = arg;
8082 struct linespec_result canonical;
8083 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8084 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8088 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8090 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
8092 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8094 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8096 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
8097 addr_start, ©_arg);
8100 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8104 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
8110 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8112 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8115 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8116 throw_exception (e);
8118 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8120 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8121 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8122 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8123 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8124 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
8127 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8128 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8129 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8130 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8132 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8134 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8135 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8136 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8137 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
8138 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
8140 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
8144 throw_exception (e);
8148 throw_exception (e);
8151 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8152 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
8154 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8155 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8156 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8157 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8158 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8160 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8161 are ok for the target. */
8165 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8167 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8168 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
8171 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8172 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8175 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8177 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8178 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
8181 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8182 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8186 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8188 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
8190 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8192 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8193 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8194 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8195 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8198 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8201 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8205 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8208 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8209 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8213 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
8214 cond_string, type_wanted,
8215 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8216 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8217 from_tty, enabled, internal);
8221 struct breakpoint *b;
8223 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8225 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
8227 struct tracepoint *t;
8229 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8233 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8235 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
8237 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
8238 b->cond_string = NULL;
8239 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8240 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8241 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8242 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8243 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
8244 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
8245 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8247 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8250 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
8252 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8253 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8254 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8257 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8259 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8260 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8261 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8263 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8264 update_global_location_list (1);
8269 /* Set a breakpoint.
8270 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8271 condition, and thread.
8272 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8273 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8277 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8279 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8280 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8281 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8284 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8286 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8287 tempflag, type_wanted,
8288 0 /* Ignore count */,
8289 pending_break_support,
8290 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8296 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8299 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8303 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8305 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8306 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8307 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8310 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8311 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8312 if (sal->explicit_line)
8313 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8316 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8318 struct blockvector *bv;
8322 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8325 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8328 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8329 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8333 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8334 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8335 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8336 happen in assembly source). */
8338 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8339 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8341 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8343 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8345 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8347 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8354 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8356 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8360 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8362 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8366 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8368 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8372 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8374 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8378 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8380 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8381 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8382 stop at <line>\n"));
8386 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8390 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8392 else if (*arg != '*')
8397 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8398 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8399 function/method name. */
8400 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8402 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8407 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8409 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8413 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8415 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8419 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8423 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8430 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8431 it is probably a line number. */
8432 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8434 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8439 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8441 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8445 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8447 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8450 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8451 ranged breakpoints. */
8454 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8455 struct address_space *aspace,
8457 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8459 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
8460 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
8463 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8464 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8467 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8468 ranged breakpoints. */
8471 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8473 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8476 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8477 ranged breakpoints. */
8479 static enum print_stop_action
8480 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8482 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8483 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8486 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8488 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8489 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8491 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8492 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8493 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8495 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8498 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8500 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8502 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8503 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8505 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8508 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8509 ranged breakpoints. */
8512 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8513 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8515 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8516 struct value_print_options opts;
8517 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8519 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8520 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8522 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8524 if (opts.addressprint)
8525 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8526 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8527 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8529 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8533 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8534 ranged breakpoints. */
8537 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8538 struct ui_out *uiout)
8540 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8541 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8542 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8543 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8547 address_start = bl->address;
8548 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8551 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8552 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8553 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8554 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8557 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8560 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8561 ranged breakpoints. */
8564 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8566 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8567 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8570 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8572 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8575 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8576 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8577 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8580 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8581 ranged breakpoints. */
8584 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8586 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8587 b->addr_string_range_end);
8588 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8591 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8593 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8595 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8596 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8597 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8598 last instruction of the given line. */
8601 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8605 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8606 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8607 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8614 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8616 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8618 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8625 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8628 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8630 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8631 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8632 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8634 struct breakpoint *b;
8635 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8636 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8637 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8639 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8640 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8641 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8643 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8644 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8645 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8648 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8650 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8651 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8652 error(_("No address range specified."));
8654 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8657 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8659 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8662 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8663 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8664 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8666 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8668 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8669 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8670 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8672 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8673 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8674 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8676 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8677 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8679 /* Parse the end location. */
8681 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8684 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8685 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8686 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8687 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8688 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8689 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8690 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8691 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8693 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8695 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8696 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8698 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8699 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8700 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8701 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8703 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8704 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8705 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8707 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8708 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8709 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8711 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8713 /* Length overflowed. */
8714 error (_("Address range too large."));
8715 else if (length == 1)
8717 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8718 the `hbreak' command. */
8719 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8721 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8726 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8727 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8728 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8729 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8730 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8731 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8732 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8733 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8734 b->loc->length = length;
8736 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8739 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8740 update_global_location_list (1);
8743 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8744 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8745 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8748 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8756 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8757 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8760 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8770 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8771 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8772 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8773 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8774 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8776 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8792 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8804 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8807 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8808 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8811 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8812 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8813 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8814 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8816 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8817 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8822 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8824 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8825 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8826 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8827 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8829 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8830 are always constant. */
8832 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8834 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8835 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8836 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8841 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8842 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8843 then it is not a constant. */
8852 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8855 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8857 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8859 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8861 xfree (w->exp_string);
8862 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8863 value_free (w->val);
8865 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8868 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8871 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8875 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8876 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8878 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8879 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8880 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8881 are loaded and unloaded.
8883 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8884 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8885 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8886 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8887 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8888 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8890 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8891 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8892 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8893 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8895 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8896 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8898 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8899 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8900 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8903 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8906 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8908 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8909 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8911 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8915 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8918 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8921 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8923 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8928 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8929 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8930 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8932 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8933 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8935 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8936 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8937 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8938 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8939 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8940 (did not match the data address). */
8941 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8942 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8949 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8951 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8953 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8956 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8957 hardware watchpoints. */
8960 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8963 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8965 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8968 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8969 hardware watchpoints. */
8972 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8974 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8975 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8978 static enum print_stop_action
8979 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8981 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8982 struct breakpoint *b;
8983 const struct bp_location *bl;
8984 struct ui_stream *stb;
8985 enum print_stop_action result;
8986 struct watchpoint *w;
8987 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8989 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8991 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8992 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8993 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8995 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8996 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
9001 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9002 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9006 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9008 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9009 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9010 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9011 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9012 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9013 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9014 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9016 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9017 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9020 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9021 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9024 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9026 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9028 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9029 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
9030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9031 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9034 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9035 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
9037 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9041 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9043 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9045 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9046 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9052 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9055 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9056 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9057 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9059 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9060 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9062 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9065 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9068 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9072 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9076 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9078 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9079 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9080 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9085 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
9086 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9088 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9089 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
9090 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9092 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9093 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
9094 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9096 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9097 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9098 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9101 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9102 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9105 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9106 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9107 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9108 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9111 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9115 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9117 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9122 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9125 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9126 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9128 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9132 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9133 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9136 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
9137 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9140 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9142 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9144 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9145 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9148 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9150 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9152 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9153 bl->watchpoint_type);
9156 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9157 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9160 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9162 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9164 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9165 bl->watchpoint_type);
9168 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9169 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9172 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9174 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9176 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
9179 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9180 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9183 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9188 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9189 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9191 static enum print_stop_action
9192 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9194 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9195 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9197 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9198 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9202 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9203 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9204 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9207 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9210 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9211 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9214 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9217 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9218 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9221 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9224 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9225 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9229 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9230 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9231 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9232 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9234 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9235 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9238 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9239 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9242 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9243 struct ui_out *uiout)
9245 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9247 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9248 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9250 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9251 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9252 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9255 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9256 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9259 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9261 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9262 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9263 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9267 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9268 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9269 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9271 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9272 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9273 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9275 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9276 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9277 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9280 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9281 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9284 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9285 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9286 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9287 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9290 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9291 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9294 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9296 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9301 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9304 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9307 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9311 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9312 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9315 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9317 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9322 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9324 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9327 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9329 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9332 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9333 hw_read: watch read,
9334 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9336 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9337 int just_location, int internal)
9339 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9340 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9341 struct expression *exp;
9342 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9343 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9344 struct frame_info *frame;
9345 char *exp_start = NULL;
9346 char *exp_end = NULL;
9347 char *tok, *end_tok;
9349 char *cond_start = NULL;
9350 char *cond_end = NULL;
9351 enum bptype bp_type;
9354 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9355 the hardware watchpoint. */
9358 struct watchpoint *w;
9360 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9361 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9365 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9366 of the arguments string. */
9367 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9369 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9370 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9373 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9374 This is the value of the parameter. */
9375 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9377 value_start = tok + 1;
9379 /* Skip whitespace. */
9380 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9385 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9386 This is the parameter itself. */
9387 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9390 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9392 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9394 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9395 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9396 only in a specific thread. */
9400 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9402 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9403 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9405 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9407 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9408 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9410 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9411 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9412 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9414 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9416 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9417 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9419 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9422 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9424 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9426 mark = value_mark ();
9427 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9428 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9429 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9432 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9435 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9436 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9441 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9442 innermost_block = NULL;
9444 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9446 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9447 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9449 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9452 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9453 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9457 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9458 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9460 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9463 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9464 mark = value_mark ();
9465 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9471 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9472 val = value_addr (result);
9473 release_value (val);
9474 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9478 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9481 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9483 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9486 else if (val != NULL)
9487 release_value (val);
9489 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9490 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9492 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9493 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9495 struct expression *cond;
9497 innermost_block = NULL;
9498 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9499 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9501 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9502 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9503 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9509 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9511 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9512 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9513 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9514 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9516 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9518 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9520 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9521 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9522 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9523 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9524 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9526 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9529 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9530 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9531 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9532 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9534 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9536 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9537 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9539 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9540 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9542 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9543 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9544 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9545 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9546 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9547 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9548 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9549 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9550 scope_breakpoint->type);
9554 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9556 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9559 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9560 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9562 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9563 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9565 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9566 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9568 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9569 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9572 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9573 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9576 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9577 name = type_to_string (t);
9579 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9580 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9583 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9584 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9586 /* The above expression is in C. */
9587 b->language = language_c;
9590 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9594 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9603 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9609 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9610 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9614 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9615 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9618 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9620 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9621 need to act on them together. */
9622 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9623 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9627 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9629 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9631 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9632 that should be inserted. */
9633 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9637 delete_breakpoint (b);
9638 throw_exception (e);
9641 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9644 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9645 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9648 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9650 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9651 struct value *head = v;
9653 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9654 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9657 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9658 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9659 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9660 hardware watchpoint.
9662 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9663 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9664 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9665 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9666 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9667 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9668 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9669 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9670 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9672 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9673 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9674 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9675 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9676 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9678 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9680 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9681 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9682 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9683 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9684 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9685 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9689 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9690 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9691 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9693 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9694 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9695 middle of some value chain. */
9697 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9698 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9700 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9704 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9705 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9706 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9708 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9712 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9716 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9717 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9718 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9719 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9720 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9723 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9724 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9725 return found_memory_cnt;
9729 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9731 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9734 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9735 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9736 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9737 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9740 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9742 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9743 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9751 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9752 calls watch_command_1. */
9755 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9757 int just_location = 0;
9760 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9761 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9763 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9767 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9771 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9773 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9777 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9779 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9783 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9785 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9789 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9791 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9795 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9797 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9801 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9802 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9804 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9806 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9807 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9811 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9812 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9813 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9816 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9818 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9820 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9822 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9823 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9827 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9829 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9830 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9831 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9832 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9833 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9834 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9836 struct thread_info *tp;
9838 clear_proceed_status ();
9840 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9843 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9844 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9845 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9846 get_last_displayed_line ());
9848 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9849 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9851 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9852 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9855 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9858 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9860 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9863 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9864 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9865 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9866 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9868 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9869 only at the very same frame. */
9870 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9871 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9874 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9876 tp = inferior_thread ();
9879 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9882 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9884 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9885 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9886 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9888 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9890 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9892 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9893 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9896 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9898 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9899 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9900 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9901 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9903 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9905 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9906 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9908 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9909 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9910 args->thread_num = thread;
9912 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9913 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9914 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9918 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9921 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9922 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9924 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9925 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9926 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9927 if clause in the arg string. */
9930 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9934 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9937 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9940 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9941 condition string. */
9942 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9945 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9947 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9952 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9953 process start/exit, etc. */
9957 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9958 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9963 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9964 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9966 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9967 char *cond_string = NULL;
9968 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9971 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9972 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9973 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9977 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9979 /* The allowed syntax is:
9981 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9983 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9984 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9986 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9987 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9989 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9990 and enable reporting of such events. */
9993 case catch_fork_temporary:
9994 case catch_fork_permanent:
9995 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9996 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9998 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9999 case catch_vfork_permanent:
10000 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10001 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
10004 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
10010 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10011 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10013 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
10014 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10016 char *cond_string = NULL;
10018 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10022 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10024 /* The allowed syntax is:
10026 catch exec if <cond>
10028 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10029 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10031 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10032 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10034 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
10035 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10036 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
10037 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
10039 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
10042 static enum print_stop_action
10043 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
10045 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10046 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10047 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
10049 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
10051 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10052 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
10053 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
10056 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10057 ui_out_text (uiout,
10058 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
10060 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10061 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10062 ui_out_text (uiout,
10063 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
10064 : " (exception caught), ");
10065 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10067 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10068 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10069 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10070 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10072 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10076 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10077 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10079 struct value_print_options opts;
10080 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10082 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10083 if (opts.addressprint)
10085 annotate_field (4);
10086 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
10089 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
10090 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
10092 annotate_field (5);
10094 *last_loc = b->loc;
10095 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
10096 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
10098 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
10102 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10104 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10108 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10109 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10110 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
10111 : _("Catchpoint "));
10112 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10113 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
10117 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
10118 catch catchpoints. */
10121 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10122 struct ui_file *fp)
10127 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10128 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
10130 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
10131 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10134 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
10137 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
10138 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
10140 char *trigger_func_name;
10142 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10143 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
10145 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
10147 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10148 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
10149 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10150 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
10152 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
10153 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
10160 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10163 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10164 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10166 char *cond_string = NULL;
10170 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10172 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10174 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10175 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10177 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10178 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10179 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10181 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10184 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10187 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10190 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10192 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10194 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10197 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10200 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10202 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10204 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10208 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10209 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10210 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10212 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10218 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10220 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10222 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10223 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10224 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10225 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10226 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10227 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10228 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10229 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10230 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10231 enough for now, though. */
10234 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10236 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10237 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10238 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10239 b->language = language_ada;
10242 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10243 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10245 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10247 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10248 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10250 while (*arg != '\0')
10252 int i, syscall_number;
10254 char cur_name[128];
10257 /* Skip whitespace. */
10258 while (isspace (*arg))
10261 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10262 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10263 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10266 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10267 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10268 if (*endptr == '\0')
10269 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10272 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10274 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10276 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10277 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10278 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10279 syscall number to be caught. */
10280 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10283 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10284 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10287 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10291 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10294 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10295 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10300 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10302 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10303 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10304 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10305 this architecture yet."));
10307 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10309 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10311 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10312 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10313 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10314 for his/her architecture. */
10315 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10317 /* The allowed syntax is:
10319 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10321 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10324 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10328 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10329 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10333 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10335 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10340 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10342 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10345 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10348 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10350 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10351 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10352 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10353 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10355 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10357 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10360 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10364 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10367 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10370 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10372 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10373 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10376 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10377 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10379 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10383 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10384 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10389 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10390 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10391 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10392 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10394 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10395 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10396 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10397 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10398 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10399 error (_("No source file specified."));
10401 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10407 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10408 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10409 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10410 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10412 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10413 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10414 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10415 due to optimization, all in one block.
10417 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10418 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10419 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10420 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10421 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10422 to support that. */
10424 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10425 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10426 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10430 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10431 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10433 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10435 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10436 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10437 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10440 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10445 1 0 <can't happen> */
10447 sal = sals.sals[i];
10448 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10449 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10451 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10455 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10456 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10458 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10459 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10461 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10462 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10463 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10465 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10466 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10467 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10468 || loc->section == sal.section));
10469 int line_match = 0;
10471 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10472 && loc->source_file != NULL
10473 && sal.symtab != NULL
10474 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10475 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10477 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10478 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10480 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10481 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10482 sal.symtab->filename,
10487 if (pc_match || line_match)
10496 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10500 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10501 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10504 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10506 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10509 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10510 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10511 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10512 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10513 compare_breakpoints);
10514 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10515 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10519 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10524 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10525 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10528 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10529 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10531 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10533 breakpoints_changed ();
10535 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10538 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10539 delete_breakpoint (b);
10542 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10544 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10547 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10548 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10549 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10552 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10554 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10556 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10557 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10558 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10560 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10562 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10564 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10565 delete_breakpoint (b);
10569 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10570 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10571 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10572 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10573 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10574 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10577 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10579 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10580 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10581 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10582 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10583 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10585 if (a->address != b->address)
10586 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10588 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10589 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10590 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10592 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
10593 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
10594 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10596 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10597 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10598 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
10600 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10603 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10604 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10605 content of the bp_location array. */
10608 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10610 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10612 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10613 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10617 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10619 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10622 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10623 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10625 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10626 addr = bl->address - start;
10627 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10628 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10630 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10632 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10633 addr = end - bl->address;
10634 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10635 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10639 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10642 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10644 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10645 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10647 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10650 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10652 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10654 struct tracepoint *t;
10656 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10659 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10660 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10661 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10664 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10665 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10666 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10667 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10670 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10672 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10675 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10676 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10679 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10682 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10685 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10687 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10688 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10689 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10691 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10692 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10693 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10694 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10695 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10697 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10698 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10699 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10700 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10701 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10702 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10705 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10706 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10707 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10708 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10709 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10710 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10711 returns true on them.
10713 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10714 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10715 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10716 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10717 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10718 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10721 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10723 struct breakpoint *b;
10724 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10725 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10727 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10728 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10729 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10730 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10731 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10733 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10734 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10735 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10736 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10738 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10739 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10740 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10741 unsigned old_location_count;
10743 old_location = bp_location;
10744 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10745 bp_location = NULL;
10746 bp_location_count = 0;
10747 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10750 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10751 bp_location_count++;
10753 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10754 locp = bp_location;
10755 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10756 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10758 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10759 bp_location_compare);
10761 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10763 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10764 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10765 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10766 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10767 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10770 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10771 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10773 locp = bp_location;
10774 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10777 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10778 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10780 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10781 not, we have to free it. */
10782 int found_object = 0;
10783 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10784 int keep_in_target = 0;
10787 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10788 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10789 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10790 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10794 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10795 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10798 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10805 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10806 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10807 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10808 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10809 at certain location is not inserted. */
10811 if (old_loc->inserted)
10813 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10816 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10818 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10819 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10820 keep_in_target = 1;
10824 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10825 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10826 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10827 this one from the target. */
10829 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10830 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10833 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10834 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10837 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10839 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10841 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10842 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10843 supported, but the latter are. */
10844 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10846 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10847 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10850 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10851 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10853 if (loc2 != old_loc
10854 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10856 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10857 keep_in_target = 1;
10865 if (!keep_in_target)
10867 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10869 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10870 this location on the global list, and try to
10871 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10872 reason why we will succeed next time.
10874 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10875 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10876 only after calling us. */
10877 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10878 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10879 old_loc->owner->number);
10887 if (removed && non_stop
10888 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10889 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10891 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10892 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10893 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10894 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10895 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10896 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10897 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10898 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10899 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10900 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10901 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10902 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10903 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10904 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10907 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10908 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10910 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10911 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10912 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10913 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10914 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10915 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10916 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10917 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10918 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10919 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10920 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10921 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10922 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10925 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10926 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10927 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10928 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10930 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10931 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10932 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10933 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10934 traps we can no longer explain. */
10936 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10937 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10939 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10943 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10944 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10949 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10950 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10951 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10952 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10953 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10954 are sorted first for the same address.
10956 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10957 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10959 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10960 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10961 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10962 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10963 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10965 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10967 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10970 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10971 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10972 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10973 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10974 `struct bp_location'. */
10975 || is_tracepoint (b))
10978 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10979 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10980 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10981 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10982 "actually inserted"));
10984 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10985 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10986 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10987 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10988 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10989 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10991 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10993 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10994 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10995 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10997 *loc_first_p = loc;
10998 loc->duplicate = 0;
11003 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11004 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11005 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11007 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11008 loc->duplicate = 1;
11010 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
11011 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11012 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11013 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
11014 "a permanent breakpoint"));
11017 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
11018 && (have_live_inferiors ()
11019 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
11020 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11023 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11025 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11029 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11031 struct bp_location *loc;
11034 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
11035 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11037 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11038 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
11044 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
11046 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11048 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11049 update_global_location_list (inserting);
11052 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11055 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
11059 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
11060 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
11062 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
11063 bs->old_val = NULL;
11064 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11068 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11070 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
11072 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
11074 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
11078 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11082 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
11084 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11085 struct value_print_options opts;
11087 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11089 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11091 if (b->loc == NULL)
11093 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
11097 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
11099 printf_filtered (" at ");
11100 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
11103 if (b->loc->source_file)
11105 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11107 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
11108 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
11109 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
11111 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11112 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11113 real situation somewhat. */
11114 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
11119 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11121 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11123 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
11128 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
11131 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
11133 xfree (self->cond);
11134 xfree (self->function_name);
11135 xfree (self->source_file);
11138 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
11143 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
11147 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
11149 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
11150 xfree (self->cond_string);
11151 xfree (self->addr_string);
11152 xfree (self->filter);
11153 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
11156 static struct bp_location *
11157 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
11159 struct bp_location *loc;
11161 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
11162 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
11167 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11169 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11172 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11173 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11176 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11178 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11182 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11184 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11188 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11189 struct address_space *aspace,
11191 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11193 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11197 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
11202 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11206 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
11208 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11211 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11215 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11217 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11220 static enum print_stop_action
11221 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
11223 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11227 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11228 struct ui_out *uiout)
11234 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11236 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11240 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11242 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11246 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11247 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11248 enum bptype type_wanted,
11252 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11256 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11257 struct linespec_result *c,
11258 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11260 enum bptype type_wanted,
11261 enum bpdisp disposition,
11263 int task, int ignore_count,
11264 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
11265 int from_tty, int enabled,
11268 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11272 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11273 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11275 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11278 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
11280 base_breakpoint_dtor,
11281 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
11282 base_breakpoint_re_set,
11283 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
11284 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
11285 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
11286 base_breakpoint_check_status,
11287 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
11288 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
11289 base_breakpoint_print_it,
11291 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
11292 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
11293 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
11294 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
11295 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
11296 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
11299 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11302 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11304 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11305 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11307 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11308 delete_breakpoint (b);
11312 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11316 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11318 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11319 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11322 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11327 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11329 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11330 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11332 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11336 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11337 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11338 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11340 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
11342 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11343 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11346 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
11350 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
11351 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
11352 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
11359 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11361 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11366 static enum print_stop_action
11367 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11369 struct breakpoint *b;
11370 const struct bp_location *bl;
11372 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11374 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11376 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11377 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11379 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11380 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11381 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11384 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11386 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11388 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11389 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11391 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11392 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11393 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11395 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11396 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11398 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11402 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11404 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11409 case bp_breakpoint:
11410 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11411 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11412 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11414 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11415 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11416 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11417 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11419 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11420 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11428 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11430 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11432 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11433 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11434 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11435 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11437 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11440 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11441 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11444 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11448 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11449 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11450 enum bptype type_wanted,
11451 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11453 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11454 addr_start, copy_arg);
11458 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11459 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11460 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11462 enum bptype type_wanted,
11463 enum bpdisp disposition,
11465 int task, int ignore_count,
11466 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11467 int from_tty, int enabled,
11470 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11471 cond_string, type_wanted,
11472 disposition, thread, task,
11473 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11474 enabled, internal);
11478 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11479 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11481 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11484 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11487 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11491 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11492 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11493 case bp_overlay_event:
11494 case bp_longjmp_master:
11495 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11496 case bp_exception_master:
11497 delete_breakpoint (b);
11500 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11501 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11502 case bp_shlib_event:
11504 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11505 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11506 case bp_thread_event:
11512 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11514 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
11516 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11517 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11518 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11519 objects (among other things). */
11520 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
11521 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
11527 static enum print_stop_action
11528 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11531 struct breakpoint *b;
11533 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11537 case bp_shlib_event:
11538 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11539 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11540 to shlib event" message.) */
11541 print_solib_event (0);
11544 case bp_thread_event:
11545 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11546 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11547 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11550 case bp_overlay_event:
11551 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11552 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11555 case bp_longjmp_master:
11556 /* These should never be enabled. */
11557 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11560 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11561 /* These should never be enabled. */
11562 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11563 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11566 case bp_exception_master:
11567 /* These should never be enabled. */
11568 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11569 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11573 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11577 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11579 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11582 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11585 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11587 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11588 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11589 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11590 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11594 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11596 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11599 static enum print_stop_action
11600 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11602 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11604 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11606 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11611 ui_out_field_string
11613 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11617 ui_out_field_string
11619 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11624 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11628 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11630 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11633 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11636 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11638 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11642 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11643 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11644 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11646 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11652 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11653 struct ui_out *uiout)
11655 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11656 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11658 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11661 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11662 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11668 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11670 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11675 case bp_tracepoint:
11676 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11677 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11679 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11680 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11681 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11683 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11684 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11685 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11688 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11689 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11696 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11698 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11700 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11701 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11702 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11704 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11705 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11707 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11708 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11710 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11711 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11713 if (tp->pass_count)
11714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11718 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11719 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11720 enum bptype type_wanted,
11721 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11723 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11724 addr_start, copy_arg);
11728 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11729 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11730 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11732 enum bptype type_wanted,
11733 enum bpdisp disposition,
11735 int task, int ignore_count,
11736 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11737 int from_tty, int enabled,
11740 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11741 cond_string, type_wanted,
11742 disposition, thread, task,
11743 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11744 enabled, internal);
11748 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11749 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11751 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11754 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11756 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11760 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11761 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11762 enum bptype type_wanted,
11763 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11765 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11767 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11769 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11771 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11772 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11773 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11777 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11778 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11779 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11781 enum bptype type_wanted,
11782 enum bpdisp disposition,
11784 int task, int ignore_count,
11785 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11786 int from_tty, int enabled,
11791 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11792 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11793 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11794 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11795 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11796 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11798 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11800 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11801 struct tracepoint *tp;
11802 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11805 expanded.nelts = 1;
11806 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11808 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11809 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11811 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11812 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11814 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11815 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11816 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11817 canonical->special_display);
11818 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11819 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11820 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11821 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11822 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11823 corresponds to this one */
11824 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11826 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11828 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11833 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11834 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11836 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11838 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11839 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11841 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11845 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11848 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11851 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11853 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11856 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11860 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11862 struct breakpoint *b;
11864 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11866 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11867 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11870 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11871 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11872 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11873 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11874 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11877 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11878 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11879 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11880 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11882 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11885 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11886 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11887 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11889 struct breakpoint *related;
11890 struct watchpoint *w;
11892 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11893 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11894 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11895 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11899 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11901 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11902 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11903 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11904 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11905 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11908 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11909 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11910 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11911 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11913 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11915 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11916 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11919 if (b->next == bpt)
11921 b->next = bpt->next;
11925 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11927 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11928 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11929 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11930 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11931 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11932 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11933 commands won't work. */
11935 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11937 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11938 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11939 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11940 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11941 might be better design to have location completely
11942 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11943 update_global_location_list (0);
11945 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11946 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11947 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11948 bpt->type = bp_none;
11953 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11955 delete_breakpoint (b);
11959 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11961 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11964 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11965 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11969 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11973 struct breakpoint *related;
11978 struct breakpoint *next;
11980 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11981 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11983 if (next == related)
11985 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11986 function (related, data);
11988 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11989 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11994 function (related, data);
11998 while (related != b);
12002 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12004 delete_breakpoint (b);
12007 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12008 delete_breakpoint. */
12011 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12013 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12017 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12019 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12025 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12027 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12028 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12029 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12031 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12033 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12037 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12039 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12042 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12043 delete_breakpoint (b);
12047 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12051 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
12053 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12054 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
12055 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12060 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12061 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12062 Null names are ignored. */
12065 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
12067 struct bp_location *l;
12068 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
12069 (int (*) (const void *,
12070 const void *)) streq,
12071 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
12073 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
12076 const char *name = l->function_name;
12078 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12082 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
12084 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12088 htab_delete (htab);
12094 htab_delete (htab);
12098 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12099 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12100 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12101 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12102 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12103 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12104 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12105 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12108 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12109 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12110 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12111 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12112 in the sources, and output a warning.
12114 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12115 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12116 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12117 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12118 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12121 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12122 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12123 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12124 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12125 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12126 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12127 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12128 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12129 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12131 static struct symtab_and_line
12132 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
12134 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12135 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
12141 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
12143 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
12145 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
12146 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12148 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
12150 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12151 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
12152 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
12157 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12159 if (!sal.explicit_pc
12161 && sal.symtab != NULL
12162 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
12164 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
12167 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12169 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
12171 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
12172 struct symbol *sym;
12173 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
12174 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12176 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
12178 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12179 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
12181 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12182 "found at previous line number"),
12183 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12187 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
12189 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
12190 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
12191 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
12194 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
12195 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
12196 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
12198 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
12199 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
12201 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12203 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
12206 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
12209 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
12210 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12212 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
12214 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
12216 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
12218 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
12220 xfree (b->addr_string);
12221 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
12222 sal2.symtab->filename,
12223 b->loc->line_number);
12225 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12228 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
12234 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12235 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12238 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
12242 if (a->address != b->address)
12245 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
12248 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
12255 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
12261 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
12262 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
12263 a ranged breakpoint. */
12266 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
12267 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
12268 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
12271 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
12273 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
12275 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
12277 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12278 update_global_location_list (1);
12279 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
12280 "multiple locations found\n"),
12285 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
12286 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
12287 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
12288 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
12289 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
12290 individual locations. */
12291 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
12296 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12298 struct bp_location *new_loc;
12300 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
12302 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
12304 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
12306 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
12309 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12311 s = b->cond_string;
12312 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12314 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
12319 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
12320 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
12321 b->number, e.message);
12322 new_loc->enabled = 0;
12326 if (sals_end.nelts)
12328 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
12330 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
12334 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
12335 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12336 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
12338 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12341 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
12342 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12343 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12344 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12345 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12346 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12347 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
12349 for (; e; e = e->next)
12351 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
12353 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
12354 if (have_ambiguous_names)
12356 for (; l; l = l->next)
12357 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
12365 for (; l; l = l->next)
12366 if (l->function_name
12367 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
12377 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12378 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12380 update_global_location_list (1);
12383 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12384 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12386 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12387 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12390 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12391 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12393 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12396 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12398 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12402 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12403 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12404 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12405 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12406 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12407 state, then user already saw the message about that
12408 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12410 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12411 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12412 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12413 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12414 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12415 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12417 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12419 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12420 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12421 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12422 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12423 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12424 which approach is better. */
12425 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12426 throw_exception (e);
12430 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12434 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12435 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12436 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12438 char *cond_string = 0;
12442 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12443 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12445 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12446 b->thread = thread;
12448 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12451 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12452 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12462 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12463 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12467 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12470 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12471 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12472 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12474 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12477 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12481 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12483 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12486 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12487 expanded_end = sals_end;
12491 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12494 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12495 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12498 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12499 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12500 enum bptype type_wanted,
12501 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12503 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12506 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12507 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12511 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12512 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12513 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12515 enum bptype type_wanted,
12516 enum bpdisp disposition,
12518 int task, int ignore_count,
12519 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12520 int from_tty, int enabled,
12523 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12524 type_wanted, disposition,
12525 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12526 enabled, internal);
12529 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12530 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12533 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12534 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12536 struct linespec_result canonical;
12538 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12539 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12540 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12541 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12544 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12545 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12547 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12549 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12551 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12552 *sals = lsal->sals;
12553 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12555 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12558 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12561 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12563 static struct cleanup *
12564 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12566 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12568 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12569 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12570 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12571 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12572 set_language (b->language);
12577 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12578 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12579 Unused in this case. */
12582 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12584 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12585 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12586 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12588 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12589 b->ops->re_set (b);
12590 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12594 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12596 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12598 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12599 enum language save_language;
12600 int save_input_radix;
12601 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12603 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12604 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12605 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12609 /* Format possible error msg. */
12610 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12612 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12613 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12614 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12616 set_language (save_language);
12617 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12619 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12621 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12623 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12624 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12625 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12626 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12628 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12632 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12634 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12635 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12637 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12639 if (b->thread != -1)
12641 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12642 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12644 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12645 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12646 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12648 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12652 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12653 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12654 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12657 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12659 struct breakpoint *b;
12664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12665 if (b->number == bptnum)
12667 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12669 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12670 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12675 b->ignore_count = count;
12679 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12680 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12682 else if (count == 1)
12683 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12686 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12687 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12690 breakpoints_changed ();
12691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12695 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12698 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12701 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12707 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12709 num = get_number (&p);
12711 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12713 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12715 set_ignore_count (num,
12716 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12719 printf_filtered ("\n");
12722 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12723 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12726 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12731 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12733 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12736 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12738 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12740 while (!state.finished)
12742 char *p = state.string;
12746 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12749 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12754 if (b->number == num)
12757 function (b, data);
12761 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12766 static struct bp_location *
12767 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12769 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12773 struct breakpoint *b;
12774 struct bp_location *loc;
12779 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12781 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12783 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12784 if (b->number == bp_num)
12789 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12790 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12793 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12795 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12799 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12802 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12808 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12809 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12810 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12813 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12815 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12816 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12817 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12818 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12821 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12822 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12825 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12827 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12828 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12830 struct bp_location *location;
12832 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12833 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12836 update_global_location_list (0);
12838 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12841 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12844 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12846 disable_breakpoint (b);
12849 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12850 disable_breakpoint. */
12853 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12855 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12859 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12863 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12866 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12867 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12869 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12871 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12875 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12876 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12877 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12878 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12880 update_global_location_list (0);
12883 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12887 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12889 int target_resources_ok;
12891 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12894 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12895 target_resources_ok =
12896 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12898 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12899 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12900 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12901 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12904 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12906 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12907 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12908 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12910 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12912 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12914 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12915 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12916 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12920 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12921 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12927 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12928 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12930 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12931 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12933 struct bp_location *location;
12935 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12936 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12939 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12940 update_global_location_list (1);
12941 breakpoints_changed ();
12943 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12948 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12950 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12954 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12956 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12959 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12960 enable_breakpoint. */
12963 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12965 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12968 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12969 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12970 in stopping the inferior. */
12973 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12977 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12980 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12981 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12983 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12985 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12989 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12990 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12991 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12992 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12994 update_global_location_list (1);
12997 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
13001 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13003 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
13005 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
13009 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13011 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
13013 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13017 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13019 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
13023 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13025 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
13027 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13031 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13033 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13037 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13042 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13046 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13047 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13051 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
13052 const bfd_byte *data)
13054 struct breakpoint *bp;
13056 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13057 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
13058 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
13060 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
13062 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
13064 struct bp_location *loc;
13066 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13067 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13068 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
13069 && addr + len > loc->address)
13071 value_free (wp->val);
13079 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
13080 if they aren't valid. */
13082 struct symtabs_and_lines
13083 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
13085 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
13088 error (_("Empty line specification."));
13089 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
13090 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
13091 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
13092 get_last_displayed_line ());
13094 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
13096 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
13100 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
13101 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
13102 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
13103 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
13107 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13108 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13110 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
13112 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
13114 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
13115 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
13117 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
13119 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
13127 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
13128 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
13131 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
13133 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
13136 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13142 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
13145 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
13146 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
13148 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13151 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13152 struct address_space *aspace,
13157 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
13159 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
13160 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
13164 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
13165 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
13166 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
13169 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
13170 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
13171 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
13172 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
13173 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
13174 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
13176 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
13177 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
13178 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
13179 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
13182 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
13183 were inserted or not. */
13186 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
13188 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
13189 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
13192 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
13195 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13197 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
13199 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
13201 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
13202 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
13203 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
13204 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
13206 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
13208 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
13209 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
13210 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
13211 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
13215 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
13216 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
13217 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
13221 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13225 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13226 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13228 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13229 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
13230 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
13234 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
13238 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13242 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13243 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13244 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
13245 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13248 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13252 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
13257 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13259 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
13261 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13262 bp_tgt->placed_address,
13270 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
13271 non-zero otherwise. */
13273 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
13275 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
13276 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
13277 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
13284 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
13286 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
13288 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
13292 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
13294 struct breakpoint *bp;
13296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13297 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
13299 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
13301 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
13305 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
13307 if (syscall_number == iter)
13317 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
13319 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13320 char *text, char *word)
13322 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
13324 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
13330 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
13332 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
13334 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
13336 tracepoint_count = num;
13337 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
13341 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13343 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13345 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13347 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13348 0 /* Ignore count */,
13349 pending_break_support,
13350 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13354 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13358 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13360 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13362 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13364 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13365 0 /* Ignore count */,
13366 pending_break_support,
13367 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13371 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13374 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13377 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13379 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13381 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13382 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13383 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13384 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13386 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13388 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13390 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13392 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13393 0 /* Ignore count */,
13394 pending_break_support,
13399 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13402 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13403 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13405 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13406 static int next_cmd;
13409 read_uploaded_action (void)
13413 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13420 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13421 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13422 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13423 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13424 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13426 struct tracepoint *
13427 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13429 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13430 struct tracepoint *tp;
13432 if (utp->at_string)
13433 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13436 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13437 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13438 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13440 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13441 "source location, using raw address"),
13443 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13444 addr_str = small_buf;
13447 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13448 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13449 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13450 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13453 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13455 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13457 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13458 0 /* Ignore count */,
13459 pending_break_support,
13460 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13462 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13466 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13468 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13469 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13470 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13474 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13476 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13479 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13480 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13481 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13483 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13485 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13490 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13492 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13494 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13495 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13496 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13497 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13500 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13501 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13502 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13507 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13511 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13513 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13516 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13518 if (num_printed == 0)
13520 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13521 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13523 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13526 default_collect_info ();
13529 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13530 Not supported by all targets. */
13532 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13534 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13537 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13538 Not supported by all targets. */
13540 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13542 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13545 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13547 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13549 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13555 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13557 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13558 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13559 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13561 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13562 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13564 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13568 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13570 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13573 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13574 delete_breakpoint (b);
13578 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13581 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13584 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13586 tp->pass_count = count;
13587 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13589 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13590 tp->base.number, count);
13593 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13595 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13596 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13597 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13600 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13602 struct tracepoint *t1;
13603 unsigned int count;
13605 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13606 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13607 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13609 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13611 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13614 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13616 struct breakpoint *b;
13618 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13620 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13622 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13624 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13625 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13628 else if (*args == '\0')
13630 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13632 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13636 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13638 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13639 while (!state.finished)
13641 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13643 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13648 struct tracepoint *
13649 get_tracepoint (int num)
13651 struct breakpoint *t;
13653 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13654 if (t->number == num)
13655 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13660 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13661 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13664 struct tracepoint *
13665 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13667 struct breakpoint *b;
13669 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13671 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13673 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13680 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13681 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13682 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13683 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13684 struct tracepoint *
13685 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13686 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13689 extern int tracepoint_count;
13690 struct breakpoint *t;
13692 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13696 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13697 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13699 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13702 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13704 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13707 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13711 if (instring && *instring)
13712 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13715 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13716 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13720 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13721 if (t->number == tpnum)
13723 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13726 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13731 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13733 if (b->thread != -1)
13734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13739 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13742 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13743 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13744 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13748 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13749 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13751 struct breakpoint *tp;
13754 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13755 struct ui_file *fp;
13756 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13758 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13759 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13761 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13762 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13764 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13765 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13768 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13769 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13774 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13776 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13778 /* We can stop searching. */
13785 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13789 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13790 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13791 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13793 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13794 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13795 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13797 if (extra_trace_bits)
13798 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13802 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13803 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13806 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13807 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13810 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13812 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13813 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13816 if (tp->cond_string)
13817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13819 if (tp->ignore_count)
13820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13824 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13826 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13828 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13829 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13831 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13833 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13836 throw_exception (ex);
13838 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13841 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13844 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13845 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13846 special, and not user visible. */
13847 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13849 struct bp_location *loc;
13852 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13854 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13858 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13861 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13863 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13866 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13869 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13871 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13874 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13877 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13879 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13882 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13884 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13885 all_tracepoints (void)
13887 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13888 struct breakpoint *tp;
13890 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13892 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13899 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13900 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13901 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13903 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13904 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13905 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13906 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13907 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13908 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13909 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13910 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13912 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13913 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13915 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13916 conditions are different.\n\
13918 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13920 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13921 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13923 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13924 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13927 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13928 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13929 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13930 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13931 char *text, char *word),
13932 void *user_data_catch,
13933 void *user_data_tcatch)
13935 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13937 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13939 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13940 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13941 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13943 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13945 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13946 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13947 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13951 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13953 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13954 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13955 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13959 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13961 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13962 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13963 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13966 struct breakpoint *
13967 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13970 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13974 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13981 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13982 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13985 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13987 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13988 non-inline function. */
13989 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13995 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13996 have been inlined. */
13999 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
14000 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
14002 struct breakpoint *b;
14003 struct bp_location *bl;
14005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14007 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
14010 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
14012 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
14013 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
14022 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14024 static int initialized = 0;
14026 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14032 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14033 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14034 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14035 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14036 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14037 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14038 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
14039 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
14040 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
14041 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
14042 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
14043 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
14045 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14046 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14047 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14048 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14049 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
14050 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
14051 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
14052 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
14054 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14055 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
14056 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14057 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
14058 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
14059 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
14060 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
14061 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
14062 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
14063 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
14065 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14066 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
14067 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14068 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
14069 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
14070 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
14071 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
14073 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14074 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
14075 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14076 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
14077 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
14078 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
14079 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
14081 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
14082 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
14083 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14084 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
14085 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
14086 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
14087 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
14090 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14091 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14092 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
14093 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
14094 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
14095 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
14096 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
14097 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
14098 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
14099 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
14100 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
14101 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
14102 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
14104 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14105 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14106 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14107 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
14108 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
14109 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
14110 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
14111 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
14112 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
14113 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
14114 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
14117 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14118 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14119 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
14120 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
14121 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
14122 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
14123 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
14124 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
14125 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
14126 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
14128 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14129 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14130 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14131 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
14132 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
14133 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
14135 /* Fork catchpoints. */
14136 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
14137 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14138 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
14139 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
14140 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
14141 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
14142 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
14143 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
14144 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
14146 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
14147 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
14148 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14149 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
14150 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
14151 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
14152 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
14153 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
14154 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
14155 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
14157 /* Exec catchpoints. */
14158 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
14159 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14160 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
14161 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
14162 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
14163 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
14164 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
14165 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
14166 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
14167 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
14169 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
14170 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
14171 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14172 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
14173 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
14174 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
14175 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
14176 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
14177 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
14178 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
14179 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
14181 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14182 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
14183 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14184 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
14185 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
14186 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
14187 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
14188 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
14189 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
14190 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
14191 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
14192 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
14196 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
14198 struct cmd_list_element *c;
14200 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14202 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
14203 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
14204 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
14206 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
14208 breakpoint_chain = 0;
14209 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14210 before a breakpoint is set. */
14211 breakpoint_count = 0;
14213 tracepoint_count = 0;
14215 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
14216 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14217 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14219 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
14221 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
14222 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
14223 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14224 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14225 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14226 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14227 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14228 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14230 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
14231 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14232 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
14233 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
14235 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
14236 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14237 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14238 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14239 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14241 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14242 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14244 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
14245 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14246 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14247 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14249 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14250 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14252 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
14253 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14254 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14255 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14257 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14258 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14260 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14261 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14262 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14263 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14264 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14265 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14266 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14268 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14269 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14270 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14271 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14272 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14273 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
14275 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14277 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14278 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14279 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14280 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14281 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
14282 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
14284 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14285 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14286 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14289 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14290 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14291 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14294 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14295 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14296 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14299 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14300 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14301 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14304 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14305 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14306 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14307 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14308 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14309 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14310 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14311 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14313 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14314 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14315 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14316 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14317 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
14319 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
14320 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14321 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14322 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14323 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14324 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14327 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14328 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14329 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14330 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14332 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
14333 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
14334 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
14335 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14336 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14338 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14339 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
14340 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14341 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
14343 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
14344 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14345 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14346 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14347 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14350 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
14351 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
14352 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14353 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
14354 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
14355 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
14357 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14358 is executing in.\n\
14360 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14361 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
14363 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
14364 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
14365 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14366 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14368 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
14369 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
14370 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
14371 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
14374 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
14378 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
14379 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
14380 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
14381 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
14382 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
14383 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
14384 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
14385 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
14386 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14387 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14388 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14389 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14390 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14391 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14392 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14393 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14395 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14396 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14397 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14398 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14399 breakpoint set."));
14402 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14403 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14404 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14405 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14406 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14407 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14408 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14409 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14410 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14412 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14413 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14414 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14415 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14416 breakpoint set."));
14418 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14421 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14422 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14423 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14424 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14425 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14426 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14427 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14428 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14429 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14431 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14432 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14433 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14434 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14435 breakpoint set."));
14437 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14438 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14439 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14440 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14441 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14442 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14443 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14444 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14445 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14446 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14447 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14448 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14449 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14451 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14452 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14453 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14454 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14456 &maintenanceinfolist);
14458 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14459 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14460 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14461 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14463 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14464 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14465 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14466 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14468 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14469 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14470 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14471 catch_catch_command,
14475 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14476 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14477 catch_throw_command,
14481 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14482 catch_fork_command_1,
14484 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14485 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14486 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14487 catch_fork_command_1,
14489 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14490 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14491 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14492 catch_exec_command_1,
14496 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
14497 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
14498 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14499 catch_load_command_1,
14503 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
14504 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
14505 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14506 catch_unload_command_1,
14510 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14511 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14512 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14513 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14514 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14515 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14516 catch_syscall_command_1,
14517 catch_syscall_completer,
14521 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14522 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14523 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14524 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14525 an expression changes.\n\
14526 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14527 the memory to which it refers."));
14528 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14530 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14531 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14532 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14533 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14534 an expression is read.\n\
14535 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14536 the memory to which it refers."));
14537 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14539 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14540 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14541 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14542 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14543 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14544 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14545 the memory to which it refers."));
14546 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14548 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14549 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14551 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14552 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14553 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14554 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14555 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14556 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14557 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14558 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14559 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14562 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14563 &setlist, &showlist);
14565 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14567 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14569 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14570 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14572 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14573 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14574 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14576 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14577 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14578 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14579 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14581 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14582 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14584 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14585 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14586 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14588 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14589 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14591 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14592 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14593 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14594 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14595 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14596 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14597 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14598 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14599 the selected stack frame.\n\
14600 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14601 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14602 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14603 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14605 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14607 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14608 conditions are different.\n\
14610 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14611 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14612 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14614 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14615 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14616 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14617 last tracepoint set."));
14619 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14621 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14622 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14623 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14624 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14627 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14628 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14629 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14630 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14632 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14634 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14635 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14636 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14637 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14639 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14641 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14642 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14643 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14644 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14645 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14647 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14648 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14649 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14650 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14652 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14653 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14654 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14655 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14656 session to restore them."),
14658 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14660 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14661 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14662 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14664 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14666 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14667 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14669 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14670 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14671 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14672 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14673 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14674 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14675 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14676 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14677 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14678 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14679 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14680 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14682 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14683 &pending_break_support, _("\
14684 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14685 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14686 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14687 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14688 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14689 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14691 show_pending_break_support,
14692 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14693 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14695 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14697 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14698 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14699 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14700 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14701 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14702 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14703 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14705 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14706 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14707 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14709 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14710 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14711 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14712 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14713 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14714 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14715 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14716 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14717 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14718 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14719 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14720 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14722 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14723 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14724 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14726 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14727 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14728 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14729 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14730 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14731 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14732 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14733 or the start of the range\n\
14734 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14735 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14736 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14738 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14739 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14740 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14742 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14744 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);